1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 struct linespec_sals
*,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
116 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
159 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
160 struct obj_section
*, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
164 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
229 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
242 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
276 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
324 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
331 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
341 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
345 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
351 /* The reference count. */
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line
*commands
;
358 struct command_line
*
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
361 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
375 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
377 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
387 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
390 fprintf_filtered (file
,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
437 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
439 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
440 fprintf_filtered (file
,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
446 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
453 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto
,
465 condition_evaluation_host
,
466 condition_evaluation_target
,
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
485 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target
;
490 return condition_evaluation_host
;
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
510 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
512 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
568 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
572 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
576 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
597 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
601 static int breakpoint_count
;
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
611 static int tracepoint_count
;
613 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
614 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
615 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
621 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
629 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
630 breakpoint_count
= num
;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
653 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
670 static struct counted_command_line
*
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
673 struct counted_command_line
*result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
677 result
->commands
= commands
;
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
699 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 static struct cleanup
*
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730 get_breakpoint (int num
)
732 struct breakpoint
*b
;
735 if (b
->number
== num
)
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
749 struct bp_location
*loc
;
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
762 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
763 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
784 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
792 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
794 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
805 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
806 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
815 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
837 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
841 update_global_location_list (1);
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
852 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
855 fprintf_filtered (file
,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
861 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
872 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
873 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
875 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
878 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 static struct bp_location
**
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
890 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
891 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
895 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
919 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
920 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
922 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
924 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
931 struct bp_location
*loc
;
933 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
956 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
958 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
960 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
962 innermost_block
= NULL
;
964 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
971 struct bp_location
*loc
;
973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
978 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
997 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
998 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1002 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1003 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len
= strlen (text
);
1018 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1019 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1022 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1027 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1029 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1032 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1033 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1042 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1043 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1044 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1047 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1052 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1057 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1062 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1065 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1067 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1068 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1069 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1070 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1072 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1073 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1074 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1075 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1077 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1078 update_global_location_list (1);
1083 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1086 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1087 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1088 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1093 struct command_line
*c
;
1095 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1099 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1100 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1101 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1103 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1104 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1106 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1107 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1108 command directly. */
1109 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1110 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1112 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1113 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1117 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1122 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1123 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1124 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1128 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1130 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1133 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1134 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1138 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1139 struct command_line
*commands
)
1141 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1143 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1144 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1145 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1146 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1147 struct command_line
*c
;
1148 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1149 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1151 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1153 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1156 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1157 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1158 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1162 "can be used only once"));
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1229 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1232 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1242 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1245 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1255 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1258 if (old_task
!= task
)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1265 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1267 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line
*control
;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1296 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1298 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1300 struct command_line
*l
;
1302 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1303 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1309 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1315 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1324 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1334 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1335 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1342 struct command_line
*control
)
1344 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1345 struct commands_info info
;
1347 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1348 info
.control
= control
;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1354 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1356 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1359 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1360 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1372 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1375 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1381 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1388 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1390 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1401 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1402 return simple_control
;
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1410 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1414 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1440 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1445 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1452 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1453 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1455 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1457 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1458 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1469 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1497 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1499 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1520 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1525 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1526 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1528 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1533 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1543 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1547 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1553 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1558 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1559 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1563 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1564 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1568 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1569 const unsigned char *bp
;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1571 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1575 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1579 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1595 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1605 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1617 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1632 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1644 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1646 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1649 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1654 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1712 int within_current_scope
;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1722 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1729 within_current_scope
= 1;
1732 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1750 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1751 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1752 if (within_current_scope
)
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1770 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1771 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b
->val
);
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1785 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1787 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1791 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1792 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1807 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1810 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1811 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1821 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1827 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1838 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1840 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1851 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1853 addr
= value_address (v
);
1855 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= addr
;
1868 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1869 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1882 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1884 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1888 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1904 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1905 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1921 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1923 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1925 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1944 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1948 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1950 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1952 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1953 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1956 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1958 next
= value_next (v
);
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1969 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1970 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1971 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1972 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1974 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2033 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2036 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2037 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2046 static struct agent_expr
*
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2049 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2050 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2060 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2084 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2086 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2087 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2109 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2116 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2150 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2153 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2154 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2166 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2167 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2172 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2182 static struct agent_expr
*
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2185 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2186 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2187 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2188 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2191 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2192 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2194 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2201 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2203 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2205 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2208 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2210 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2212 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2214 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2216 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2219 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2221 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2224 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2226 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2230 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2234 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2239 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2240 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2242 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2250 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2251 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2252 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2276 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2278 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2279 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2301 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2308 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2309 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2319 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2333 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2337 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2340 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2341 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2353 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2354 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2362 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2365 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2378 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2379 int *disabled_breaks
,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2385 struct gdb_exception e
;
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2401 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2416 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2419 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2439 struct mem_region
*mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2448 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2449 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2451 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2453 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2455 static int said
= 0;
2457 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2468 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2478 || bl
->section
== NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2484 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2489 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2506 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2510 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2511 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2512 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2526 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2531 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2549 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2560 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2566 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val
));
2597 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2602 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2603 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2605 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2611 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2618 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2623 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2624 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2632 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2640 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2643 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2646 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2648 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2651 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2661 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2680 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2685 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2693 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2695 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2699 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2701 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2702 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2704 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2722 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2727 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2729 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2746 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2750 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2761 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2764 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2768 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2800 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2820 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2821 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2824 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2828 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2859 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2869 int some_failed
= 0;
2870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2878 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2881 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2882 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2889 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2893 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2925 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2930 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2931 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2943 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2947 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2950 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2955 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2966 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2967 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2969 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2970 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2971 struct inferior
*inf
;
2972 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2974 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2978 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2979 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2981 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2983 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2988 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2994 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3018 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3022 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3026 static struct breakpoint
*
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3028 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3034 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3037 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3038 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3040 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3041 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3042 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched
;
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched
;
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3081 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3091 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3102 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3105 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3111 return bp_objfile_data
;
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3126 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3127 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3131 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3135 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3140 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3142 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3144 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3151 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3154 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3155 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3158 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3160 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3162 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3163 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3167 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3168 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3177 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3178 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3180 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3184 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3191 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3194 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3198 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3202 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3207 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3210 struct probe
*probe
;
3211 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3215 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3221 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3224 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3231 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3234 const char *func_name
;
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3240 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3243 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3245 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3252 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3255 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3256 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3272 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3274 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3280 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3297 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3307 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3344 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3349 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3351 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3353 struct probe
*probe
;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3364 bp_exception_master
,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3366 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3378 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3380 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3382 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3384 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3385 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3387 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3391 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3394 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3395 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3397 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3399 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3400 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3409 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3410 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3421 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3426 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3432 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3439 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3446 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3449 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3456 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3462 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3466 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3470 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3505 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3513 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3529 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3531 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3541 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3545 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3569 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3586 || bl
->section
== NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3605 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3608 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3624 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3643 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3645 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3648 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3650 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3651 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3658 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3662 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3663 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3665 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3669 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3679 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3684 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3692 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3696 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3707 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3710 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3730 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3732 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3743 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3749 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3765 case bp_shlib_event
:
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3781 case bp_step_resume
:
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3793 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3798 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3803 value_free (w
->val
);
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3838 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3843 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3849 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3859 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3863 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3871 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3874 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3890 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3934 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3938 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3965 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3971 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3978 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3979 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3985 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4007 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4013 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4019 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4025 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4026 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4030 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4036 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4037 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4059 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4068 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4069 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4104 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4109 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4111 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4115 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4117 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4118 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4140 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4142 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4148 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4149 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4150 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4151 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4153 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4154 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4156 Return 1 otherwise. */
4159 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4161 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4164 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4166 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4167 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4168 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4169 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4170 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4172 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4174 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4178 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4181 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4183 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4186 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4189 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4193 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4195 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4197 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4199 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4205 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4208 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4210 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4212 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4214 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4215 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4216 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4217 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4218 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4222 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4225 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4228 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4230 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4233 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4234 or its equivalent. */
4237 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4239 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4240 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4243 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4244 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4245 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4246 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4248 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4249 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4250 bpstat of the current thread. */
4253 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4256 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4259 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4261 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4264 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4265 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4267 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4269 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4272 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4273 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4275 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4276 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4277 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4279 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4281 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4282 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4283 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4284 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4285 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4286 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4287 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4288 the tree when we're done. */
4289 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4290 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4291 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4292 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4293 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4295 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4301 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4303 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4309 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4310 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4312 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4314 if (target_can_async_p ())
4315 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4316 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4317 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4320 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4321 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4322 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4323 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4324 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4325 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4326 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4327 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4328 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4329 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4330 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4331 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4332 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4337 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4342 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4344 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4346 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4347 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4348 && target_has_execution
4349 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4350 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4351 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4352 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4353 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4354 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4355 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4358 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4361 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4364 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4367 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4370 struct value_print_options opts
;
4371 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4372 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4376 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4377 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4378 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4379 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4382 static enum print_stop_action
4383 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4385 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4388 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4393 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4394 relevant messages. */
4395 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4398 case print_it_normal
:
4400 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4402 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4403 which has since been deleted. */
4405 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4407 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4408 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4413 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4414 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4419 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4422 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4425 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4427 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4431 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4436 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4437 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4441 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4442 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4446 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4450 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4451 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4454 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4459 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4460 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4461 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4464 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4469 struct so_list
*iter
;
4471 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4474 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4477 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4491 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4492 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4493 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4494 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4495 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4496 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4497 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4500 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4501 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4502 code to print the location. An example is
4503 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4505 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4506 to also print the location part of the message.
4507 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4508 don't require a location appended to the end.
4509 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4510 further info to be printed. */
4512 enum print_stop_action
4513 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4517 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4518 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4519 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4520 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4521 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4523 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4524 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4525 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4526 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4530 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4531 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4532 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4533 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4535 print_solib_event (0);
4536 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4539 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4540 with and nothing was printed. */
4541 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4544 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4545 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4546 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4547 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4550 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4552 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4553 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4555 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4559 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4562 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4566 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4568 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4569 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4570 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4571 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4572 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4573 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4574 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4576 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4580 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4581 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4584 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4586 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4588 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4590 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4592 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4593 as not triggered. */
4595 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4597 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4599 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4605 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4607 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4608 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4610 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4612 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4614 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4617 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4620 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4621 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4625 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4627 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4628 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4630 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4631 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4633 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4635 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4636 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4638 if (newaddr
== start
)
4640 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4644 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4645 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4649 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4658 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4659 because of check_errors). */
4660 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4661 #define WP_DELETED 1
4662 /* The value has changed. */
4663 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4664 /* The value has not changed. */
4665 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4666 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4669 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4670 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4672 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4675 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4676 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4679 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4681 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4682 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4683 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4684 int within_current_scope
;
4686 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4687 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4688 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4690 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4691 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4692 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4693 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4696 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4697 within_current_scope
= 1;
4700 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4701 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4704 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4705 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4706 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4707 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4708 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4709 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4710 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4711 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4712 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4713 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4716 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4717 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4719 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4720 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4721 if (within_current_scope
)
4723 struct symbol
*function
;
4725 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4726 if (function
== NULL
4727 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4728 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4729 within_current_scope
= 0;
4732 if (within_current_scope
)
4733 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4734 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4739 if (within_current_scope
)
4741 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4742 time before we return to the command level and call
4743 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4744 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4748 struct value
*new_val
;
4750 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4751 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4752 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4753 a mask watchpoint. */
4754 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4756 mark
= value_mark ();
4757 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4759 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4760 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4761 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4762 not what we want. */
4763 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4764 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4766 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4768 release_value (new_val
);
4769 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4771 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4774 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4778 /* Nothing changed. */
4779 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4780 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4785 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4787 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4788 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4789 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4790 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4791 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4792 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4793 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4794 the first value assigned). */
4795 /* We print all the stop information in
4796 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4797 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4798 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4802 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4803 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4804 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4806 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4807 which its expression is valid.\n");
4809 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4810 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4811 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4817 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4818 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4819 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4822 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4823 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4824 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4826 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4828 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4829 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4831 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4834 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4835 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4838 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4840 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4841 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4843 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4844 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4845 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4846 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4847 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4850 int must_check_value
= 0;
4852 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4853 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4855 must_check_value
= 1;
4856 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4857 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4858 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4860 must_check_value
= 1;
4861 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4862 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4863 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4864 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4865 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4866 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4867 must_check_value
= 1;
4869 if (must_check_value
)
4872 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4874 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4875 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4877 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4882 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4886 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4889 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4890 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4892 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4894 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4895 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4896 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4897 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4898 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4899 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4900 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4903 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4904 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4907 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4908 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4909 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4910 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4912 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4913 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4914 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4917 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4918 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4919 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4920 changes. This still gives false positives when
4921 the program writes the same value to memory as
4922 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4923 it for a read), but it's much better than
4926 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4928 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4930 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4933 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4934 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4936 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4937 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4939 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4940 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4942 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4948 if (other_write_watchpoint
4949 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4951 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4952 and the value changed since the last time we
4953 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4955 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4960 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4961 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4964 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4965 the value hasn't changed. */
4966 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4974 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4975 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4976 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4977 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4978 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4982 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4984 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4985 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4986 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4987 anything for this watchpoint. */
4988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4995 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4996 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4997 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5000 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5002 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5003 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5006 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5007 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5008 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5009 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5010 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5012 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5013 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5014 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5016 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5017 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5021 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5022 struct expression
*cond
;
5024 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5025 method implemented. */
5026 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5027 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5029 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5031 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5038 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5040 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5041 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5043 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5044 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5045 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5046 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5048 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5051 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5055 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5056 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5057 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5058 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5059 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5061 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5062 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5065 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5067 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5068 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5069 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5070 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5071 really matter which instantiation of the function
5072 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5073 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5074 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5075 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5076 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5077 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5078 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5079 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5081 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5083 select_frame (frame
);
5085 within_current_scope
= 0;
5087 if (within_current_scope
)
5089 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5090 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5094 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5095 "in the current scope"));
5096 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5097 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5100 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5101 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5104 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5108 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5112 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5115 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5117 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5125 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5126 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5128 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5129 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5132 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5134 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5136 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5137 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5138 several reasons concurrently.)
5140 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5141 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5144 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5145 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5146 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5148 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5149 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5150 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5151 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5152 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5153 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5156 int need_remove_insert
;
5159 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5160 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5161 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5162 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5163 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5164 inferior function calls. */
5168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5171 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5173 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5174 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5175 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5176 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5177 checked all locations already. */
5178 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5181 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5184 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5187 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5190 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5193 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5194 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5195 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5199 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5200 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5201 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5203 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5205 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5207 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5212 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5214 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5216 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5217 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5220 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5224 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5225 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5226 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5228 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5230 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5232 handle_solib_event ();
5237 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5238 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5239 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5243 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5248 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5249 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5252 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5259 /* We will stop here. */
5260 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5262 --(b
->enable_count
);
5263 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5264 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5265 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5270 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5271 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5272 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5273 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5279 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5281 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5282 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5285 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5286 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5287 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5289 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5290 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5291 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5293 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5294 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5296 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5298 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5299 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5302 if (need_remove_insert
)
5303 update_global_location_list (1);
5304 else if (removed_any
)
5305 update_global_location_list (0);
5311 handle_jit_event (void)
5313 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5314 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5316 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5317 breakpoint_re_set. */
5318 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5320 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5321 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5323 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5325 target_terminal_inferior ();
5328 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5331 handle_solib_event (void)
5333 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5335 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5336 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5337 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5340 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5342 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5344 target_terminal_inferior ();
5347 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5349 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5352 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5354 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5358 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5359 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5360 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5362 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5364 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5365 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5366 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5369 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5371 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5372 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5376 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5383 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5386 case bp_shlib_event
:
5390 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5392 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5395 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5399 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5404 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5406 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5410 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5411 This requires no further action. */
5415 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5418 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5420 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5421 case bp_exception_resume
:
5422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5423 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5425 case bp_step_resume
:
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5430 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5434 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5436 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5439 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5440 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5443 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5444 case bp_thread_event
:
5445 case bp_overlay_event
:
5446 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5447 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5448 case bp_exception_master
:
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5461 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5462 This requires no further action. */
5467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5470 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5471 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5472 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5473 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5475 case bp_std_terminate
:
5476 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5477 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5478 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5479 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5483 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5484 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5485 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5487 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5488 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5490 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5491 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5494 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5495 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5496 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5497 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5506 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5509 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5512 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5513 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5518 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5520 handle_jit_event ();
5523 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5525 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5534 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5535 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5543 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5544 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5545 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5548 bpstat_should_step (void)
5550 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5553 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5559 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5561 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5570 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5571 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5572 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5575 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5577 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5578 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5582 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5584 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5586 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5587 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5588 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5593 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5599 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5600 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5602 "host": Host evals condition.
5603 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5604 "target": Target evals condition.
5608 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5610 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5611 char host_evals
= 0;
5612 char target_evals
= 0;
5617 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5620 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5621 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5622 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5624 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5626 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5632 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5633 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5634 else if (target_evals
)
5635 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5637 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5640 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5641 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5644 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5646 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5649 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5650 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5651 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5653 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5656 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5659 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5662 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5663 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5665 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5666 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5668 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5672 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5674 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5675 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5676 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5679 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5683 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5684 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5685 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5686 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5689 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5690 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5694 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5695 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5701 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5705 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5706 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5708 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5710 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5712 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5717 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5718 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5719 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5721 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5723 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5724 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5727 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5731 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5733 struct ep_type_description
5738 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5740 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5741 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5743 {bp_until
, "until"},
5744 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5745 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5749 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5751 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5752 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5753 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5754 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5755 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5756 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5757 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5758 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5759 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5760 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5761 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5762 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5763 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5764 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5765 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5766 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5769 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5770 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5772 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5775 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5776 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5777 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5778 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5781 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5784 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5787 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5788 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5790 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5793 struct command_line
*l
;
5794 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5796 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5797 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5798 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5799 struct value_print_options opts
;
5801 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5803 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5804 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5805 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5808 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5809 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5817 if (part_of_multiple
)
5820 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5821 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5831 if (part_of_multiple
)
5832 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5834 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5838 if (part_of_multiple
)
5839 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5841 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5846 if (part_of_multiple
)
5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5849 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5850 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5851 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5855 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5857 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5858 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5859 make sure there's just one location. */
5860 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5861 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5867 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5868 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5873 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5874 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5876 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5879 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5880 is relatively readable). */
5881 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5882 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5889 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5893 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5894 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5896 case bp_exception_resume
:
5897 case bp_step_resume
:
5898 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5899 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5901 case bp_std_terminate
:
5902 case bp_shlib_event
:
5903 case bp_thread_event
:
5904 case bp_overlay_event
:
5905 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5906 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5907 case bp_exception_master
:
5909 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5910 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5914 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5915 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5918 if (header_of_multiple
)
5919 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5920 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5921 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5923 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5924 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5927 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5928 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5935 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5938 && !header_of_multiple
5940 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5941 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5942 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5943 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5944 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5945 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5947 struct inferior
*inf
;
5950 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5952 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5957 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5960 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5961 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5966 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5968 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5970 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5971 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5972 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5975 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5977 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5978 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5982 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5984 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5985 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5987 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5991 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5993 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5994 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5998 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6001 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6005 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6007 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6008 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6009 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6010 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6011 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6013 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6014 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6015 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6016 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6018 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6021 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6023 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6025 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6029 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6033 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6034 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6036 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6037 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6041 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6042 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6043 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6045 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6049 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6051 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6055 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6059 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6063 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6064 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6065 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6066 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6070 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6071 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6072 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6073 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6075 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6076 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6077 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6080 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6082 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6084 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6086 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6087 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6092 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6093 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6096 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6097 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6101 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6102 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6104 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6107 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6108 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6109 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6112 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6114 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6116 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6118 annotate_field (10);
6119 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6120 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6121 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6124 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6126 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6128 annotate_field (11);
6130 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6131 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6132 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6139 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6144 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6146 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6148 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6152 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6153 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6158 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6159 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6162 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6163 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6165 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6167 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6168 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6170 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6171 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6172 locations, if any. */
6173 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6175 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6176 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6177 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6180 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6181 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6183 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6184 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6186 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6189 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6191 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6192 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6193 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6194 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6201 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6203 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6204 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6206 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6210 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6211 an address to print. */
6212 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6215 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6216 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6217 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6220 return print_address_bits
;
6223 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6229 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6231 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6233 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6237 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6239 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6247 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6248 char **error_message
)
6250 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6253 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6255 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6256 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6262 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6263 internal or momentary. */
6266 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6268 return b
->number
> 0;
6271 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6272 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6273 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6274 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6275 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6276 breakpoints listed. */
6279 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6280 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6283 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6284 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6285 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6286 struct value_print_options opts
;
6287 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6288 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6289 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6291 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6293 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6294 required for address fields. */
6295 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6298 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6299 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6302 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6303 accept. Skip the others. */
6304 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6306 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6308 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6312 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6314 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6316 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6317 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6318 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6320 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6321 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6322 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6324 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6328 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6330 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6331 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6335 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6336 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6340 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6341 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6343 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6344 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6346 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6347 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6348 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6350 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6351 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6353 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6354 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6356 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6358 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6359 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6360 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6362 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6363 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6365 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6367 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6368 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6369 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6370 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6375 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6376 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6379 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6380 accept. Skip the others. */
6382 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6384 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6386 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6389 else /* all others */
6391 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6395 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6397 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6398 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6401 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6405 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6409 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6410 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6412 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6413 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6419 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6420 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6423 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6424 there have been breakpoints? */
6425 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6427 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6430 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6431 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6434 default_collect_info (void)
6436 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6438 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6439 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6441 if (!*default_collect
)
6444 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6446 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6447 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6448 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6452 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6454 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6456 default_collect_info ();
6460 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6462 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6463 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6465 if (num_printed
== 0)
6467 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6468 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6470 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6475 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6477 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6479 default_collect_info ();
6483 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6484 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6485 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6487 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6489 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6491 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6492 && bl
->address
== pc
6493 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6499 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6500 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6504 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6505 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6506 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6509 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6512 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6513 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6517 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6518 else /* if (others == ???) */
6519 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6521 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6524 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6525 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6526 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6527 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6528 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6529 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6530 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6531 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6533 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6537 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6539 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6540 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6541 printf_filtered (".\n");
6546 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6547 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6548 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6549 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6551 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6552 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6553 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6554 breakpoint at address zero:
6562 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6564 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6566 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6569 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6570 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6573 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6574 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6576 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6577 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6579 /* Both of them must exist. */
6580 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6581 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6583 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6584 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6585 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6586 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6587 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6588 other watchpoint. */
6590 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6592 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6595 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6597 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6601 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6602 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6603 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6604 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6605 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6606 become hw_access locations later. */
6607 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6608 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6609 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6610 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6613 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6614 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6615 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6616 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6619 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6620 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6622 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6623 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6627 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6628 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6629 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6630 space doesn't really matter. */
6633 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6634 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6637 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6638 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6639 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6642 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6643 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6644 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6645 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6648 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6649 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6652 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6655 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6656 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6660 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6661 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6662 true, otherwise returns false. */
6665 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6666 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6668 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6669 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6670 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6671 different locations. */
6672 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6677 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6678 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6679 represent the same location. */
6682 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6683 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6685 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6687 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6688 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6689 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6691 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6692 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6694 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6697 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6698 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6699 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6701 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6702 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6703 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6704 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6708 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6709 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6711 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6712 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6716 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6717 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6719 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6720 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6722 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6725 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6726 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6727 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6728 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6731 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6732 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6734 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6736 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6739 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6740 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6741 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6742 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6743 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6745 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6746 have their addresses modified. */
6751 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6753 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6754 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6755 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6757 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6758 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6760 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6761 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6763 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6768 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6769 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6771 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6773 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6778 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6779 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6782 switch (owner
->type
)
6788 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6789 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6791 case bp_exception_resume
:
6792 case bp_step_resume
:
6793 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6794 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6796 case bp_std_terminate
:
6797 case bp_shlib_event
:
6798 case bp_thread_event
:
6799 case bp_overlay_event
:
6801 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6802 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6803 case bp_exception_master
:
6804 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6805 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6807 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6808 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6810 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6811 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6812 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6814 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6815 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6816 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6817 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6822 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6823 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6824 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6827 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6833 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6835 static struct bp_location
*
6836 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6838 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6842 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6844 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6848 /* Increment reference count. */
6851 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6856 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6857 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6860 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6862 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6864 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6865 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6869 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6872 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6874 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6876 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6877 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6879 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6881 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6890 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6893 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6894 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6896 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6898 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6900 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6904 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6905 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6906 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6908 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6911 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6913 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6914 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6915 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6916 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6919 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6920 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6922 static struct breakpoint
*
6923 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6927 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6929 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6930 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6934 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6935 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6939 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6941 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6943 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6944 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6945 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6948 const char *function_name
;
6949 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6951 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6952 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6954 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6956 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6958 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6959 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6960 &loc
->requested_address
))
6962 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6963 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6964 loc
->requested_address
,
6967 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6968 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6970 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6971 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6972 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6973 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6975 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6980 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6984 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6986 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6989 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6991 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6996 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6997 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6998 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7000 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7001 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7002 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7005 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7006 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7009 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7011 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7013 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7014 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7016 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7017 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7019 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7020 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7022 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7025 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7026 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7027 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7028 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7029 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7030 is also returned as the value of this function.
7032 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7033 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7034 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7035 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7036 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7037 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7038 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7041 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7042 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7043 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7045 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7047 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7048 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7053 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7054 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7056 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7058 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7060 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7062 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7063 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7064 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7065 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7066 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7067 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7071 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7072 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7073 initiated the operation. */
7076 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7078 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7079 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7081 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7082 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7083 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7084 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7086 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7087 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7088 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7090 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7091 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7093 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7094 after their removal. */
7095 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7096 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7097 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7100 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7103 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7105 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7107 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7110 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7112 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7113 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7118 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7120 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7122 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7123 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7125 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7126 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7130 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7131 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7132 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7136 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7138 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7141 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7143 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7145 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7146 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7147 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7149 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7151 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7154 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7155 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7156 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7157 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7163 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7164 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7167 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7168 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7172 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7174 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7177 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7179 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7181 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7182 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7183 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7184 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7187 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7189 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7191 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7192 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7193 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7200 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7202 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7205 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7207 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7208 update_global_location_list (1);
7209 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7214 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7219 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7222 update_global_location_list (0);
7223 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7227 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7228 master breakpoint. */
7230 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7232 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7235 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7236 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7238 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7239 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7243 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7245 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7247 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7250 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7251 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7255 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7257 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7259 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7260 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7262 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7263 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7265 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7267 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7273 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7275 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7278 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7279 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7280 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7283 struct lang_and_radix
7289 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7292 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7296 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7297 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7298 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7302 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7305 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7307 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7310 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7311 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7312 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7316 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7318 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7321 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7322 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7323 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7327 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7331 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7332 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7333 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7337 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7338 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7341 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7343 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7347 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7348 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7350 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7351 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7352 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7353 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7354 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7355 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7356 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7357 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7358 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7359 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7360 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7362 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7364 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7368 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7373 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7374 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7378 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7380 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7381 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7383 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7384 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7385 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7386 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7387 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7388 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7396 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7397 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7398 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7399 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7400 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7401 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7402 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7403 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7404 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7406 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7407 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7408 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7409 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7412 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7413 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7415 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7417 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7418 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7419 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7422 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7427 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7429 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7430 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7431 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7432 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7433 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7435 struct fork_catchpoint
7437 /* The base class. */
7438 struct breakpoint base
;
7440 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7441 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7442 catchpoint has triggered. */
7443 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7446 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7450 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7452 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7455 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7459 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7461 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7464 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7468 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7469 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7470 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7472 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7474 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7477 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7481 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7484 static enum print_stop_action
7485 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7487 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7488 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7489 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7491 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7492 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7498 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7500 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7502 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7503 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7504 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7505 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7506 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7509 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7513 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7515 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7516 struct value_print_options opts
;
7517 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7519 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7521 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7522 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7524 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7525 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7527 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7528 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7530 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7531 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7532 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7533 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7537 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7541 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7543 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7546 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7550 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7553 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7556 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7558 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7560 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7564 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7566 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7569 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7573 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7575 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7578 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7582 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7583 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7584 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7586 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7588 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7591 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7598 static enum print_stop_action
7599 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7601 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7602 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7603 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7605 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7606 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7607 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7609 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7616 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7617 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7618 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7620 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7623 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7627 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7629 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7630 struct value_print_options opts
;
7631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7633 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7634 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7635 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7637 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7638 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7640 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7641 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7643 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7644 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7645 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7646 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7650 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7654 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7656 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7659 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7663 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7666 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7669 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7671 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7673 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7674 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7675 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7676 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7677 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7679 struct solib_catchpoint
7681 /* The base class. */
7682 struct breakpoint base
;
7684 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7685 unsigned char is_load
;
7687 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7688 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7694 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7696 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7699 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7700 xfree (self
->regex
);
7702 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7706 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7712 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7718 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7719 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7721 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7723 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7724 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7726 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7731 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7733 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7736 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7739 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7742 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7744 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7753 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7755 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7756 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7761 struct so_list
*iter
;
7764 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7769 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7778 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7783 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7789 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7792 static enum print_stop_action
7793 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7795 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7796 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7798 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7799 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7800 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7803 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7804 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7806 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7807 print_solib_event (1);
7808 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7812 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7814 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7815 struct value_print_options opts
;
7816 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7819 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7820 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7821 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7823 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7826 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7833 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7835 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7840 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7842 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7844 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7849 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7851 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7853 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7854 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7858 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7860 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7862 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7863 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7864 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7870 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7872 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7873 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7874 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7875 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7876 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7877 created in an enabled state. */
7880 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7882 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7883 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7884 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7888 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7890 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7891 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7897 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7900 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7902 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7903 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7905 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7908 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7909 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7910 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7912 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7914 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7915 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7918 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7922 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7923 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7926 const int enabled
= 1;
7928 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7930 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7934 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7935 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7937 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7941 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7942 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7944 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7949 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7950 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7951 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7952 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7953 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7955 struct syscall_catchpoint
7957 /* The base class. */
7958 struct breakpoint base
;
7960 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7961 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7962 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7963 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7964 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7967 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7971 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7973 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7975 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7977 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7980 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7982 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7984 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7985 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7986 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7988 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7989 int any_syscall_count
;
7991 /* Count of each system call. */
7992 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7994 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7995 if any catching is necessary. */
7996 int total_syscalls_count
;
7999 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8000 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8002 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8004 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8005 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8007 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8008 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8015 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8021 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8025 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8027 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8028 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8029 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8030 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8032 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8033 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8034 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8040 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8045 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8047 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8048 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8049 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8051 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8052 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8053 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8055 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8056 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8058 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8059 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8063 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8064 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8065 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8067 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8069 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8072 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8076 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8078 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8079 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8080 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8081 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8083 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8084 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8085 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8091 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8095 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8096 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8098 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8099 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8103 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8104 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8105 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8107 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8109 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8112 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8116 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8117 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8118 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8120 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8121 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8122 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8123 int syscall_number
= 0;
8124 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8125 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8127 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8128 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8131 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8133 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8134 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8139 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8141 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8151 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8154 static enum print_stop_action
8155 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8157 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8158 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8159 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8160 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8161 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8162 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8164 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8167 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8169 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8171 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8173 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8180 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8182 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8183 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8185 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8187 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8188 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8190 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8192 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8193 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8195 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8197 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8199 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8202 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8206 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8207 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8209 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8210 struct value_print_options opts
;
8211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8213 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8214 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8215 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8217 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8218 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8221 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8222 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8223 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8227 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8230 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8233 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8238 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8241 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8243 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8245 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8246 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8250 /* Remove the last comma. */
8251 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8255 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8259 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8263 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8265 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8267 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8271 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8272 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8274 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8277 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8281 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8284 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8286 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8288 printf_filtered (")");
8291 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8295 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8299 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8301 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8305 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8310 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8315 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8319 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8322 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8325 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8327 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8329 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8332 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8334 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8337 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8338 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8339 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8340 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8343 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8344 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8346 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8348 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8351 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8353 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8355 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8356 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8360 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8362 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8363 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8364 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8365 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8368 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8371 update_global_location_list (1);
8375 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8376 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8377 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8379 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8381 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8383 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8385 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8388 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8390 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8391 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8392 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8393 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8394 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8396 struct exec_catchpoint
8398 /* The base class. */
8399 struct breakpoint base
;
8401 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8402 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8404 char *exec_pathname
;
8407 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8411 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8413 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8415 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8417 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8421 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8423 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8427 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8429 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8433 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8434 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8435 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8437 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8439 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8442 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8446 static enum print_stop_action
8447 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8449 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8450 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8451 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8453 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8454 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8457 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8460 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8462 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8464 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8465 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8466 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8473 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8475 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8476 struct value_print_options opts
;
8477 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8479 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8481 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8482 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8483 is relatively readable). */
8484 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8485 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8488 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8490 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8491 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8492 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8497 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8499 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8502 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8506 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8509 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8515 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8516 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8518 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8521 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8522 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8523 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8525 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8529 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8533 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8537 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8538 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8540 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8542 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8549 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8553 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8556 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8558 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8561 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8563 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8565 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8571 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8572 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8573 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8574 types _not_ TYPE. */
8577 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8578 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8581 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8583 *other_type_used
= 0;
8588 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8591 if (b
->type
== type
)
8592 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8593 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8594 *other_type_used
= 1;
8601 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8603 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8607 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8609 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8610 update_global_location_list (0);
8616 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8618 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8622 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8624 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8625 update_global_location_list (1);
8631 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8633 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8634 update_global_location_list (0);
8638 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8640 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8641 breakpoint_re_set ();
8645 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8646 at address specified by SAL.
8647 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8650 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8651 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8653 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8655 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8657 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8659 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8660 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8661 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8662 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8664 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8665 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8667 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8668 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8670 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8675 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8676 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8679 static struct breakpoint
*
8680 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8682 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8684 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8686 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8687 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8688 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8690 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8691 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8692 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8693 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8694 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8695 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8697 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8698 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8700 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8701 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8702 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8703 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8705 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8706 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8707 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8709 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8713 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8717 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8719 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8723 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8727 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8730 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8732 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8734 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8735 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8737 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8741 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8744 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8746 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8747 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8749 printf_filtered ("\n");
8753 static struct bp_location
*
8754 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8755 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8757 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8758 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8759 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8761 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8762 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8764 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8765 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8766 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8767 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8768 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8769 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8770 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8773 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8774 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8778 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8779 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8780 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8781 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8782 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8783 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8784 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8786 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8787 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8788 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8790 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8791 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8796 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8797 return 0 otherwise. */
8800 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8804 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8805 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8806 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8809 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8811 addr
= loc
->address
;
8812 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8814 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8818 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8820 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8821 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8822 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8823 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8826 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8828 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8829 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8832 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8837 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8838 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8841 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8843 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8844 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8849 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8851 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8853 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8855 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8857 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8858 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8860 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8861 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8862 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8864 if (!dprintf_function
)
8865 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8867 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8868 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8873 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8877 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8879 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8880 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8883 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8884 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8888 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8889 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8891 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8894 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8896 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8898 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8899 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8900 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8901 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8902 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8903 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8906 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8907 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8908 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8909 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8910 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8911 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8913 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8917 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8918 current style settings. */
8921 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8922 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8928 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8929 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8933 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8934 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8935 as condition expression. */
8938 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8939 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8940 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8942 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8943 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8944 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8945 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8946 int display_canonical
)
8950 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8952 int target_resources_ok
;
8954 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8955 target_resources_ok
=
8956 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8958 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8959 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8960 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8961 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8964 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8966 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8968 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8973 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8975 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8977 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8978 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8983 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8987 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8988 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8989 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8990 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8991 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8993 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8994 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8996 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8998 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8999 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9001 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9003 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9004 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9005 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9009 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9011 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9013 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9014 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9016 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9018 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9020 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9022 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9023 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9025 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9027 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9030 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9031 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9038 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9039 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9043 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9044 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9048 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9049 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9050 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9052 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9055 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9056 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9057 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9059 if (b
->extra_string
)
9060 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9062 error (_("Format string required"));
9064 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9065 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9068 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9070 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9072 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9075 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9080 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9081 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9082 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9084 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9085 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9086 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9087 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9088 int display_canonical
)
9090 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9091 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9093 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9095 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9097 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9101 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9103 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9105 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9107 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9109 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9111 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9113 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9115 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9118 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9119 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9120 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9121 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9122 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9123 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9124 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9125 we take just a single condition string.
9127 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9128 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9129 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9130 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9131 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9134 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9135 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9136 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9137 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9138 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9140 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9143 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9145 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9146 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9148 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9150 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9151 'break', without arguments. */
9152 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9153 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9155 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9156 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9158 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9159 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9162 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9164 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9165 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9166 canonical
->special_display
);
9167 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9171 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9172 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9173 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9174 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9176 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9177 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9180 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9181 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9183 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9185 if ((*address
) == NULL
9186 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9188 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9190 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9192 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9193 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9196 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9197 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9198 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9200 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9201 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9202 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9203 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9204 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9205 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9207 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9209 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9210 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9211 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9212 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9213 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9215 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9217 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9218 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9219 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9221 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9224 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9228 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9230 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9231 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9232 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9233 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9235 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9236 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9237 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9239 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9240 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9241 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9242 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9243 get_last_displayed_line (),
9244 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9246 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9247 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9252 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9253 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9256 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9260 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9261 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9264 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9265 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9266 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9267 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9268 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9272 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9273 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9276 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9278 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9280 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9282 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9284 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9286 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9287 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9288 associated with SAL. */
9291 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9293 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9296 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9297 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9299 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9303 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9305 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9306 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9308 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9311 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9312 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9313 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9314 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9315 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9316 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9319 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9320 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9323 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9332 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9333 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9335 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9337 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9339 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9343 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9345 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9347 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9349 struct expression
*expr
;
9351 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9352 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9355 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9357 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9363 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9365 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9366 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9367 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9369 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9375 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9377 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9378 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9379 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9383 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9387 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9391 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9393 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9394 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9396 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9397 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9398 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9399 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9404 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9406 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9408 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9409 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9411 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9412 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9413 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9415 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9416 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9418 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9420 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9422 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9424 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9426 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9427 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9429 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9432 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9438 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9439 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9440 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9441 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9442 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9443 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9444 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9445 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9446 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9450 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9451 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9452 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9453 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9454 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9456 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9457 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9458 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9461 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9462 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9463 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9464 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9465 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9466 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9469 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9471 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9473 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9475 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9477 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9478 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9481 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9485 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9491 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9493 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9496 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9497 throw_exception (e
);
9499 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9501 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9502 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9503 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9504 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9505 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9508 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9509 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9510 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9511 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9513 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9515 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9516 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9517 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9518 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9519 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9521 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9525 throw_exception (e
);
9529 throw_exception (e
);
9532 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9533 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9535 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9536 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9537 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9538 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9539 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9541 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9542 are ok for the target. */
9546 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9548 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9549 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9552 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9553 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9556 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9558 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9559 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9562 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9563 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9567 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9569 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9571 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9574 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9575 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9576 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9577 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9579 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9580 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9582 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9584 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9586 extra_string
= rest
;
9590 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9593 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9594 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9596 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9599 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9600 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9604 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9605 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9606 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9607 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9608 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9614 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9616 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9618 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9620 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9624 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9626 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9628 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9629 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9630 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9633 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9636 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9637 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9639 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9641 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9642 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9643 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9644 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9645 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9646 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9647 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9648 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9650 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9653 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9655 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9656 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9657 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9660 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9662 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9663 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9664 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9666 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9667 update_global_location_list (1);
9672 /* Set a breakpoint.
9673 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9674 condition, and thread.
9675 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9676 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9680 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9682 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9683 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9684 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9686 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9687 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9689 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9690 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9691 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9693 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9695 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9697 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9698 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9699 0 /* Ignore count */,
9700 pending_break_support
,
9708 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9711 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9715 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9717 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9718 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9719 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9722 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9723 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9724 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9725 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9728 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9730 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9734 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9737 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9740 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9741 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9745 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9746 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9747 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9748 happen in assembly source). */
9750 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9751 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9753 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9755 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9757 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9766 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9768 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9772 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9774 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9778 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9780 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9784 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9786 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9790 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9792 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9793 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9794 stop at <line>\n"));
9798 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9802 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9804 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9809 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9810 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9811 function/method name. */
9812 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9814 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9819 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9821 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9825 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9827 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9831 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9835 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9842 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9843 it is probably a line number. */
9844 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9846 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9851 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9853 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9857 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9859 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9862 void dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
9864 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9865 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9866 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9870 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9872 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9874 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9876 0 /* Ignore count */,
9877 pending_break_support
,
9878 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9886 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9888 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9891 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9892 ranged breakpoints. */
9895 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9896 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9898 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9900 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9901 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9904 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9905 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9908 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9909 ranged breakpoints. */
9912 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9914 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9917 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9918 ranged breakpoints. */
9920 static enum print_stop_action
9921 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9923 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9924 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9925 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9927 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9929 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9930 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9932 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9933 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9934 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9936 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9937 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9939 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9940 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9941 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9943 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9944 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9946 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9949 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9950 ranged breakpoints. */
9953 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9954 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9956 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9957 struct value_print_options opts
;
9958 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9960 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9961 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9963 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9965 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9966 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9967 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9968 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9970 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9974 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9978 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9979 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9981 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9982 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9983 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9984 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9988 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9989 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9991 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9992 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9993 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9994 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9998 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10001 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10002 ranged breakpoints. */
10005 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10007 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10008 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10011 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10013 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10016 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10017 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10018 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10021 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10022 ranged breakpoints. */
10025 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10027 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10028 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10029 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10032 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10034 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10036 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10037 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10038 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10039 last instruction of the given line. */
10042 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10046 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10047 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10048 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10055 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10057 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10059 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10066 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10069 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10071 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10072 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10073 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10076 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10077 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10078 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10080 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10081 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10082 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10084 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10085 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10086 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10088 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10089 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10091 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10092 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10093 error(_("No address range specified."));
10095 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10098 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10100 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10103 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10104 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10105 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10107 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10109 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10110 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10111 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10113 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10114 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10115 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10117 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10118 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10120 /* Parse the end location. */
10122 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10125 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10126 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10127 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10128 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10129 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10130 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10131 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10132 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10134 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10136 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10137 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10139 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10140 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10141 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10142 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10144 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10145 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10146 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10148 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10149 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10150 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10152 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10154 /* Length overflowed. */
10155 error (_("Address range too large."));
10156 else if (length
== 1)
10158 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10159 the `hbreak' command. */
10160 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10162 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10167 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10168 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10169 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10170 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10171 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10172 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10173 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10174 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10175 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10177 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10180 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10181 update_global_location_list (1);
10184 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10185 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10186 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10190 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10192 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10198 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10199 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10202 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10212 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10213 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10214 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10215 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10216 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10218 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10246 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10249 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10250 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10255 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10256 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10257 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10258 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10259 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10260 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10261 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10263 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10264 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10269 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10271 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10272 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10273 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10274 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10276 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10277 are always constant. */
10279 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10281 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10282 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10283 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10288 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10289 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10290 then it is not a constant. */
10299 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10302 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10304 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10306 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10308 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10309 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10310 value_free (w
->val
);
10312 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10315 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10318 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10320 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10322 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10323 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10325 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10326 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10327 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10328 are loaded and unloaded.
10330 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10331 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10332 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10333 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10334 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10335 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10337 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10338 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10339 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10340 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10342 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10343 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10345 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10346 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10347 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10350 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10353 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10355 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10356 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10358 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10362 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10365 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10367 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10368 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10370 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10375 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10376 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10377 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10379 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10380 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10382 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10383 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10384 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10385 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10386 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10387 (did not match the data address). */
10388 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10389 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10396 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10398 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10400 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10403 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10404 hardware watchpoints. */
10407 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10409 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10410 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10412 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10415 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10416 hardware watchpoints. */
10419 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10421 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10422 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10425 static enum print_stop_action
10426 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10428 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10430 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10431 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10432 enum print_stop_action result
;
10433 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10434 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10436 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10438 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10439 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10440 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10442 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10443 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10447 case bp_watchpoint
:
10448 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10449 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10451 ui_out_field_string
10453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10455 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10457 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10458 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10460 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10461 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10462 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10463 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10464 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10467 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10469 ui_out_field_string
10471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10475 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10476 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10477 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10478 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10481 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10482 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10484 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10486 ui_out_field_string
10488 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10490 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10492 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10493 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10494 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10499 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10500 ui_out_field_string
10502 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10503 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10506 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10507 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10509 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10512 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10515 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10519 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10523 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10525 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10526 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10527 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10531 case bp_watchpoint
:
10532 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10533 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10535 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10537 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10539 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10541 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10543 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10545 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10548 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10549 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10552 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10553 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10554 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10555 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10562 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10564 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10568 case bp_watchpoint
:
10569 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10572 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10573 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10575 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10579 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10580 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10583 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10584 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10587 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10589 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10591 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10592 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10595 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10597 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10599 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10600 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10603 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10604 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10607 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10609 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10611 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10612 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10615 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10616 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10619 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10621 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10623 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10626 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10627 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10630 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10635 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10636 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10638 static enum print_stop_action
10639 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10641 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10642 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10644 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10645 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10649 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10650 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10652 ui_out_field_string
10654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10657 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10659 ui_out_field_string
10661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10664 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10666 ui_out_field_string
10668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10671 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10672 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10676 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10677 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10678 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10679 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10681 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10682 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10685 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10686 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10689 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10690 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10692 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10694 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10695 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10697 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10698 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10699 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10702 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10703 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10706 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10708 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10709 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10710 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10714 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10715 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10716 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10718 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10720 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10722 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10724 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10727 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10728 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10731 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10732 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10733 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10734 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10737 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10738 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10741 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10743 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10748 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10751 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10754 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10755 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10758 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10759 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10762 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10764 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10767 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10769 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10771 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10774 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10776 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10779 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10780 hw_read: watch read,
10781 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10783 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10784 int just_location
, int internal
)
10786 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10787 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10788 struct expression
*exp
;
10789 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10790 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10791 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10792 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10793 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10794 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10796 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10797 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10798 enum bptype bp_type
;
10801 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10802 the hardware watchpoint. */
10804 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10805 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10807 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10808 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10812 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10813 of the arguments string. */
10814 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10816 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10817 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10820 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10821 This is the value of the parameter. */
10822 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10824 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10826 /* Skip whitespace. */
10827 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10832 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10833 This is the parameter itself. */
10834 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10837 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10839 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10841 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10842 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10843 only in a specific thread. */
10847 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10849 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10850 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10852 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10854 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10855 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10857 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10858 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10859 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10861 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10863 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10864 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10866 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10869 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10871 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10873 mark
= value_mark ();
10874 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10875 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10876 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10879 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10882 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10883 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10888 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10889 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10891 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10893 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10894 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10896 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10899 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10900 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10904 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10905 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10907 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10910 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10911 mark
= value_mark ();
10912 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10918 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10919 val
= value_addr (result
);
10920 release_value (val
);
10921 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10925 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10928 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10929 else if (ret
== -2)
10930 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10933 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10934 release_value (val
);
10936 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10937 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10939 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10940 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10942 struct expression
*cond
;
10944 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10945 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10946 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10948 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10949 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10950 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10956 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10958 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10959 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10960 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10961 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10963 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10965 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10967 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10968 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10969 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10970 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10971 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10973 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10976 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10977 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10978 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10979 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10981 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10983 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10984 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10986 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10987 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10989 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10990 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10991 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10992 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10993 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10994 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10995 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10996 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10997 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11001 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11003 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11006 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11007 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11009 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11010 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11011 b
->thread
= thread
;
11012 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11013 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11015 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11016 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11019 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11020 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11023 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11024 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11026 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11027 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11030 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11031 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11033 /* The above expression is in C. */
11034 b
->language
= language_c
;
11037 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11041 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11050 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11052 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11056 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11057 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11061 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11062 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11065 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11067 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11068 need to act on them together. */
11069 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11070 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11073 if (!just_location
)
11074 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11076 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11078 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11079 that should be inserted. */
11080 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11084 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11085 throw_exception (e
);
11088 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11091 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11092 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11095 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11097 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11098 struct value
*head
= v
;
11100 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11101 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11104 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11105 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11106 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11107 hardware watchpoint.
11109 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11110 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11111 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11112 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11113 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11114 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11115 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11116 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11117 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11119 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11120 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11121 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11122 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11123 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11125 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11127 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11128 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11129 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11130 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11131 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11132 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11136 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11137 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11138 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11140 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11141 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11142 middle of some value chain. */
11144 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11145 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11147 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11151 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11152 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11153 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11155 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11159 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11163 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11164 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11165 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11166 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11167 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11170 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11171 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11172 return found_memory_cnt
;
11176 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11178 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11181 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11182 calls watch_command_1. */
11185 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11187 int just_location
= 0;
11190 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11191 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11193 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11197 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11201 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11203 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11207 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11209 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11213 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11215 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11219 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11221 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11225 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11227 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11231 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11232 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11234 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11236 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11237 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11241 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11242 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11243 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11246 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11248 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11250 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11251 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11252 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11253 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11257 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11259 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11260 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11261 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11262 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11263 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11264 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11265 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11266 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11267 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11269 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11271 clear_proceed_status ();
11273 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11276 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11277 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11278 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11279 get_last_displayed_line ());
11281 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11282 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11284 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11285 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11287 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11288 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11291 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11293 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11295 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11298 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11300 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11301 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11302 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11305 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11306 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11307 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11308 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11310 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11313 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11315 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11317 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11318 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11319 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11323 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11325 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11326 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11329 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11333 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11334 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11335 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11336 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11338 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11339 only at the very same frame. */
11340 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11341 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11342 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11344 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11346 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11347 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11348 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11349 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11351 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11353 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11354 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11356 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11357 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11358 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11360 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11361 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11362 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11366 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11369 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11370 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11372 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11373 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11374 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11375 if clause in the arg string. */
11378 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11382 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11385 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11388 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11389 condition string. */
11390 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11391 cond_string
= *arg
;
11393 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11395 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11397 return cond_string
;
11400 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11401 process start/exit, etc. */
11405 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11406 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11411 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11412 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11414 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11415 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11416 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11419 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11420 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11421 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11425 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11427 /* The allowed syntax is:
11429 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11431 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11432 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11434 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11435 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11437 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11438 and enable reporting of such events. */
11441 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11442 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11443 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11444 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11446 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11447 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11448 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11449 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11452 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11458 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11459 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11461 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11462 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11464 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11466 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11470 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11472 /* The allowed syntax is:
11474 catch exec if <cond>
11476 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11477 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11479 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11480 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11482 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11483 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11484 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11485 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11487 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11490 static enum print_stop_action
11491 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11494 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11495 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11497 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11499 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11500 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11501 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11504 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11505 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11506 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11508 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11509 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11510 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11511 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11512 : " (exception caught), ");
11513 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11515 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11516 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11517 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11518 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11520 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11524 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11525 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11527 struct value_print_options opts
;
11528 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11530 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11531 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11533 annotate_field (4);
11534 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11535 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11537 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11538 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11540 annotate_field (5);
11542 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11543 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11544 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11550 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11552 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11556 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11557 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11558 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11559 : _("Catchpoint "));
11560 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11561 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11565 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11566 catch catchpoints. */
11569 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11570 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11575 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11576 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11579 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11582 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11585 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11586 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11588 char *trigger_func_name
;
11590 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11591 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11593 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11595 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11596 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11597 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11598 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11600 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11601 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11609 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11612 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11613 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11615 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11619 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11621 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11623 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11624 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11626 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11627 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11628 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11630 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11633 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11636 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11639 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11641 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11643 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11646 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11649 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11651 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11653 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11657 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11658 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11659 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11661 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11667 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11669 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11671 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11672 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11673 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11674 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11675 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11676 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11677 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11678 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11679 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11680 enough for now, though. */
11683 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11685 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11686 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11687 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11688 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11691 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11692 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11694 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11696 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11697 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11699 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11701 int i
, syscall_number
;
11703 char cur_name
[128];
11706 /* Skip whitespace. */
11707 while (isspace (*arg
))
11710 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11711 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11712 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11715 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11716 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11717 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11718 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11721 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11723 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11725 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11726 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11727 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11728 syscall number to be caught. */
11729 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11732 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11733 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11736 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11740 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11743 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11744 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11749 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11751 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11752 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11753 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11754 this architecture yet."));
11756 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11758 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11760 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11761 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11762 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11763 for his/her architecture. */
11764 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11766 /* The allowed syntax is:
11768 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11770 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11773 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11777 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11778 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11782 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11784 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11789 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11791 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11794 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11797 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11799 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11800 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11801 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11802 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11804 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11806 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11809 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11813 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11816 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11819 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11821 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11822 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11825 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11826 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11832 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11833 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11834 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11835 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11840 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11841 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11842 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11843 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11845 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11846 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11847 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11848 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11849 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11850 error (_("No source file specified."));
11852 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11858 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11859 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11860 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11861 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11863 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11864 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11865 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11866 due to optimization, all in one block.
11868 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11869 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11870 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11871 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11872 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11873 to support that. */
11875 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11876 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11877 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11881 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11882 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11886 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11887 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11888 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11891 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11896 1 0 <can't happen> */
11898 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11899 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11901 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11905 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11906 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11908 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11909 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11911 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11912 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11913 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11915 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11916 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11917 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11918 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11919 int line_match
= 0;
11921 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11922 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11923 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11924 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11925 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11927 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11928 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11930 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11931 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11932 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
11936 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11945 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11949 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11950 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11953 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11955 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11958 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11959 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11960 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11961 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11962 compare_breakpoints
);
11963 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11964 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11968 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11973 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11974 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11977 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11978 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11980 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11982 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
11984 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11987 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11988 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11991 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11993 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11996 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11997 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11998 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12001 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12003 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12005 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12006 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12007 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12009 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12013 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12014 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12018 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12019 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12020 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12021 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12022 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12023 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12026 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12028 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12029 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12030 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12031 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12032 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12034 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12035 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12037 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12038 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12041 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12042 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12043 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12045 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12046 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12047 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12049 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12050 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12051 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12053 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12054 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12055 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12057 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12060 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12061 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12062 content of the bp_location array. */
12065 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12067 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12069 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12070 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12074 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12076 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12079 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12080 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12082 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12083 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12084 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12085 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12087 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12089 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12090 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12091 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12092 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12096 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12099 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12101 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12102 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12104 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12107 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12109 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12111 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12112 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12113 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12115 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12116 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12117 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12120 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12122 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12123 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12124 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12125 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12128 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12130 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12133 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12135 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12136 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12137 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12138 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12141 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12144 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12147 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12149 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12150 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12151 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12152 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12154 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12155 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12156 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12157 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12158 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12160 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12161 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12162 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12163 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12164 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12165 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12166 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12167 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12170 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12171 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12172 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12176 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12178 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12179 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12180 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12183 address
= bl
->address
;
12184 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12186 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12187 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12188 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12190 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12191 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12194 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12195 the same program space as the location
12196 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12197 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12198 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12202 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12203 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12206 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12207 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12208 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12209 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12210 that have already been marked. */
12211 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12213 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12215 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12217 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12218 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12223 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12224 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12225 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12226 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12227 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12228 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12229 returns true on them.
12231 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12232 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12233 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12234 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12235 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12236 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12239 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12241 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12242 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12243 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12244 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12245 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12246 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12247 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12249 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12250 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12251 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12252 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12253 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12255 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12256 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12257 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12258 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12260 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12261 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12262 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12263 unsigned old_location_count
;
12265 old_location
= bp_location
;
12266 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12267 bp_location
= NULL
;
12268 bp_location_count
= 0;
12269 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12271 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12272 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12273 bp_location_count
++;
12275 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12276 locp
= bp_location
;
12277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12278 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12280 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12281 bp_location_compare
);
12283 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12285 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12286 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12287 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12288 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12289 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12292 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12293 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12295 locp
= bp_location
;
12296 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12299 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12300 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12302 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12303 not, we have to free it. */
12304 int found_object
= 0;
12305 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12306 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12309 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12310 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12311 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12312 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12316 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12317 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12320 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12321 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12322 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12324 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12325 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12326 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12328 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12329 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12332 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12336 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12337 have to go through updates again. */
12338 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12340 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12344 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12345 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12346 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12347 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12348 at certain location is not inserted. */
12350 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12352 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12355 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12357 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12358 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12359 keep_in_target
= 1;
12363 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12364 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12365 remove its target-side condition. */
12367 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12368 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12369 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12370 this one from the target. */
12372 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12373 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12376 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12377 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12380 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12382 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12384 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12385 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12386 supported, but the latter are. */
12387 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12389 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12390 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12393 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12394 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12396 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12397 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12399 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12400 keep_in_target
= 1;
12408 if (!keep_in_target
)
12410 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12412 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12413 this location on the global list, and try to
12414 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12415 reason why we will succeed next time.
12417 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12418 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12419 only after calling us. */
12420 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12421 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12422 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12430 if (removed
&& non_stop
12431 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12432 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12434 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12435 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12436 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12437 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12438 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12439 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12440 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12441 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12442 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12443 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12444 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12445 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12446 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12447 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12450 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12451 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12453 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12454 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12455 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12456 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12457 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12458 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12459 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12460 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12461 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12462 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12463 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12464 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12465 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12468 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12469 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12470 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12471 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12473 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12474 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12475 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12476 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12477 traps we can no longer explain. */
12479 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12480 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12482 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12486 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12487 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12492 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12493 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12494 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12495 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12496 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12497 are sorted first for the same address.
12499 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12500 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12502 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12503 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12504 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12505 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12508 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12510 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12513 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12514 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12515 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12516 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12517 `struct bp_location'. */
12518 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12520 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12521 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12525 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12526 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12527 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12528 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12529 "actually inserted"));
12531 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12532 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12533 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12534 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12535 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12536 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12538 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12540 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12541 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12542 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12544 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12545 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12547 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12549 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12550 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12551 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12557 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12558 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12559 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12561 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12562 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12564 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12565 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12567 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12568 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12569 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12570 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12571 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12574 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12575 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12576 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12579 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12582 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12583 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12584 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12586 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12591 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12593 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12597 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12599 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12602 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12603 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12605 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12606 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12612 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12614 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12616 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12617 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12620 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12623 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12627 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12628 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12630 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12631 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12632 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12636 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12638 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12640 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12642 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12646 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12650 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12652 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12653 struct value_print_options opts
;
12655 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12657 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12659 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12661 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12665 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12667 printf_filtered (" at ");
12668 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12671 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12673 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12675 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12676 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12677 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12679 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12680 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12681 real situation somewhat. */
12682 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12687 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12689 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12691 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12696 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12699 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12701 xfree (self
->cond
);
12702 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12703 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12704 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12705 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12708 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12713 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12717 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12719 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12720 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12721 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12722 xfree (self
->filter
);
12723 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12726 static struct bp_location
*
12727 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12729 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12731 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12732 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12737 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12739 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12742 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12743 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12746 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12748 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12752 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12754 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12758 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12759 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12761 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12763 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12767 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12772 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12776 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12778 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12781 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12785 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12787 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12790 static enum print_stop_action
12791 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12793 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12797 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12798 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12804 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12806 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12810 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12816 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12817 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12818 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12822 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12827 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12828 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12830 char *extra_string
,
12831 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12832 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12834 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12835 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12836 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12837 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12839 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12843 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12844 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12849 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12851 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12852 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12853 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12854 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12855 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12856 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12857 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12858 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12859 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12860 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12862 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12863 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12864 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12865 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12866 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12867 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12870 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12873 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12875 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12876 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12878 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12879 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12883 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12887 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12889 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12890 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12893 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12898 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12900 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12901 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12903 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12907 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12908 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12909 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12911 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12913 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12914 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12917 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12921 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12922 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12923 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12930 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12932 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12937 static enum print_stop_action
12938 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12940 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12941 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12943 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12945 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12947 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12948 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12950 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12951 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12952 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12955 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12957 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12962 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12963 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12966 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12967 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12969 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12973 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12975 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12980 case bp_breakpoint
:
12981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12982 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12983 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12985 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12986 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12987 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12988 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12990 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12991 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12994 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13002 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13004 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13005 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13006 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13008 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13009 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13010 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13011 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13014 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13015 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13017 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13018 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13022 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13023 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13024 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13025 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13027 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13028 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13032 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13033 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13034 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13036 char *extra_string
,
13037 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13038 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13040 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13041 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13042 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13043 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13045 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13046 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13048 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13049 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13050 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13054 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13055 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13057 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13060 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13063 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13067 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13068 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13069 case bp_overlay_event
:
13070 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13071 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13072 case bp_exception_master
:
13073 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13076 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13077 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13078 case bp_shlib_event
:
13080 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13081 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13082 case bp_thread_event
:
13088 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13090 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13092 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13093 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13094 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13095 objects (among other things). */
13096 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13097 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13103 static enum print_stop_action
13104 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13106 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13109 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13113 case bp_shlib_event
:
13114 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13115 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13116 to shlib event" message.) */
13117 print_solib_event (0);
13120 case bp_thread_event
:
13121 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13122 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13123 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13126 case bp_overlay_event
:
13127 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13128 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13131 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13132 /* These should never be enabled. */
13133 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13136 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13137 /* These should never be enabled. */
13138 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13139 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13142 case bp_exception_master
:
13143 /* These should never be enabled. */
13144 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13145 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13149 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13153 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13155 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13158 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13161 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13163 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13164 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13165 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13166 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13170 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13172 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13175 static enum print_stop_action
13176 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13178 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13180 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13182 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13187 ui_out_field_string
13189 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13193 ui_out_field_string
13195 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13200 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13204 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13206 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13209 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13211 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13212 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13215 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13217 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13220 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13222 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13225 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13228 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13230 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13234 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13236 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13243 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13245 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13246 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13248 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13252 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13253 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13254 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13255 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13257 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13259 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13261 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13262 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13264 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13268 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13269 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13271 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13273 error (_("probe not found"));
13276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13279 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13281 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13285 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13286 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13287 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13289 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13295 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13296 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13298 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13299 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13301 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13303 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13304 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13305 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13306 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13311 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13313 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13318 case bp_tracepoint
:
13319 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13320 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13322 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13323 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13324 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13326 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13327 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13328 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13331 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13332 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13339 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13341 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13343 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13344 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13345 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13347 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13350 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13351 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13353 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13354 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13356 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13361 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13362 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13363 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13364 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13366 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13367 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13371 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13372 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13373 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13375 char *extra_string
,
13376 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13377 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13379 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13380 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13381 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13382 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13384 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13385 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13387 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13388 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13389 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13393 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13394 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13396 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13399 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13401 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13405 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13406 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13407 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13408 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13410 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13411 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13412 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13416 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13417 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13419 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13420 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13423 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13425 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13429 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13430 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13431 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13432 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13434 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13436 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13438 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13440 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13441 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13442 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13446 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13447 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13448 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13450 char *extra_string
,
13451 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13452 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13454 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13455 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13456 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13457 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13461 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13462 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13463 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13464 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13465 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13466 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13468 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13470 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13471 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13472 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13475 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13476 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13478 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13479 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13481 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13482 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13484 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13485 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13486 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13487 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13488 canonical
->special_display
);
13489 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13490 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13491 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13492 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13493 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13494 corresponds to this one */
13495 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13497 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13499 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13504 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13505 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13507 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13509 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13510 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13512 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13516 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13519 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13522 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13524 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13527 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13531 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13535 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13537 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13538 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13541 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13542 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13543 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13544 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13545 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13548 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13549 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13550 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13551 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13553 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13556 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13557 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13558 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13560 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13561 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13563 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13564 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13565 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13566 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13570 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13572 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13573 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13574 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13575 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13576 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13579 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13580 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13581 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13582 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13584 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13586 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13587 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13590 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13592 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13596 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13598 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13599 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13600 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13601 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13602 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13603 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13604 commands won't work. */
13606 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13608 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13609 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13610 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13611 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13612 might be better design to have location completely
13613 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13614 update_global_location_list (0);
13616 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13617 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13618 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13619 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13624 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13626 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13630 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13632 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13635 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13636 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13639 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13640 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13644 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13649 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13651 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13652 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13654 if (next
== related
)
13656 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13657 function (related
, data
);
13659 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13660 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13665 function (related
, data
);
13669 while (related
!= b
);
13673 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13675 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13678 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13679 delete_breakpoint. */
13682 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13684 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13688 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13690 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13696 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13698 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13699 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13700 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13702 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13704 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13708 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13710 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13713 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13714 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13718 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13722 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13724 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13725 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13726 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13731 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13732 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13733 Null names are ignored. */
13736 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13738 struct bp_location
*l
;
13739 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13740 (int (*) (const void *,
13741 const void *)) streq
,
13742 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13744 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13747 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13749 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13753 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13755 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13759 htab_delete (htab
);
13765 htab_delete (htab
);
13769 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13770 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13771 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13772 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13773 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13774 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13775 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13776 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13779 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13780 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13781 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13782 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13783 in the sources, and output a warning.
13785 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13786 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13787 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13788 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13789 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13792 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13793 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13794 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13795 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13796 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13797 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13798 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13799 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13800 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13802 static struct symtab_and_line
13803 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13805 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13806 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13811 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13813 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13815 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13816 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13818 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13820 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13821 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13822 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13827 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13829 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13831 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13832 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13834 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13837 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13839 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13841 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13842 struct symbol
*sym
;
13843 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13844 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13846 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13848 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13849 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13851 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13852 "found at previous line number"),
13853 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13857 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13859 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13860 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13861 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13864 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13865 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13866 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13868 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13869 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13873 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13876 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13879 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13880 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13882 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13884 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13886 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13888 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13890 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13891 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13892 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13893 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13895 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13898 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13904 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13905 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13908 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13912 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13915 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13918 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13925 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13931 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13932 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13933 a ranged breakpoint. */
13936 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13937 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13938 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13941 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13943 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13945 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13947 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13948 update_global_location_list (1);
13949 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13950 "multiple locations found\n"),
13955 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13956 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13957 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13958 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13959 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13960 individual locations. */
13961 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13966 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13968 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13970 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13972 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13974 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13976 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13979 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13981 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13982 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13984 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13985 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13990 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13991 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13992 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13993 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13997 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13999 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14001 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14005 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14006 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14007 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14009 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14012 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14013 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14014 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14015 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14016 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14017 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14018 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14020 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14022 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14024 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14025 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14027 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14028 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14036 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14037 if (l
->function_name
14038 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14048 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14051 update_global_location_list (1);
14054 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14055 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14057 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14058 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14061 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14062 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14064 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14067 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14069 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14073 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14074 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14075 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14076 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14077 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14078 state, then user already saw the message about that
14079 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14081 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14082 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14083 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14084 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14085 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14086 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14088 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14090 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14091 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14092 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14093 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14094 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14095 which approach is better. */
14096 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14097 throw_exception (e
);
14101 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14105 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14106 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14107 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14109 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14112 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14113 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14116 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14117 b
->thread
= thread
;
14120 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14121 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14124 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14125 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14135 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14136 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14140 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14143 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14144 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14145 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14147 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14150 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14154 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14156 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14159 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14160 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14164 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14167 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14168 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14171 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14172 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14173 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14174 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14176 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14179 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14180 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14184 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14185 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14186 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14188 char *extra_string
,
14189 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14190 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14192 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14193 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14194 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14195 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14197 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14199 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14200 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14201 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14204 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14205 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14208 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14209 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14211 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14213 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14214 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14215 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14216 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14219 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14220 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14222 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14224 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14226 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14227 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14228 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14230 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14233 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14236 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14238 static struct cleanup
*
14239 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14241 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14243 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14244 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14245 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14246 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14247 set_language (b
->language
);
14252 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14253 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14254 Unused in this case. */
14257 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14259 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14260 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14261 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14263 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14264 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14265 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14269 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14271 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14273 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14274 enum language save_language
;
14275 int save_input_radix
;
14276 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14278 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14279 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14280 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14284 /* Format possible error msg. */
14285 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14287 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14288 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14289 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14291 set_language (save_language
);
14292 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14294 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14296 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14298 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14299 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14300 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14301 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14303 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14307 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14309 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14310 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14312 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14314 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14316 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14317 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14319 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14320 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14321 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14323 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14327 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14328 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14329 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14332 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14340 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14342 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14344 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14345 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14350 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14354 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14355 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14357 else if (count
== 1)
14358 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14361 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14362 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14365 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14366 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14370 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14373 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14376 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14382 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14384 num
= get_number (&p
);
14386 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14388 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14390 set_ignore_count (num
,
14391 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14394 printf_filtered ("\n");
14397 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14398 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14401 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14406 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14408 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14411 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14413 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14415 while (!state
.finished
)
14417 char *p
= state
.string
;
14421 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14424 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14429 if (b
->number
== num
)
14432 function (b
, data
);
14436 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14441 static struct bp_location
*
14442 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14444 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14449 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14454 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14456 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14459 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14464 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14465 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14468 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14470 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14474 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14477 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14483 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14484 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14485 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14488 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14490 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14491 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14492 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14493 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14496 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14497 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14500 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14502 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14503 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14505 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14506 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14508 struct bp_location
*location
;
14510 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14511 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14514 update_global_location_list (0);
14516 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14519 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14522 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14524 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14527 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14528 disable_breakpoint. */
14531 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14533 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14537 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14541 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14544 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14545 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14547 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14549 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14555 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14557 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14558 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14559 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14560 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14562 update_global_location_list (0);
14565 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14569 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14572 int target_resources_ok
;
14574 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14577 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14578 target_resources_ok
=
14579 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14581 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14582 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14583 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14584 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14587 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14589 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14590 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14591 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14593 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14597 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14598 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14599 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14603 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14604 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14610 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14611 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14613 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14615 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14616 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14618 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14619 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14621 struct bp_location
*location
;
14623 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14624 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14627 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14628 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14629 update_global_location_list (1);
14630 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14637 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14639 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14643 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14645 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14648 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14649 enable_breakpoint. */
14652 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14657 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14658 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14659 in stopping the inferior. */
14662 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14666 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14669 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14670 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14672 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14674 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14680 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14682 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14683 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14684 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14685 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14687 update_global_location_list (1);
14690 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14693 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14703 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14705 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14707 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14711 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14713 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14715 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14719 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14721 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14725 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14727 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14729 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14733 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14735 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14737 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14741 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14743 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14745 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14749 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14751 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14755 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14760 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14764 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14765 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14769 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14770 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14771 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14773 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14776 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14777 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14779 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14781 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14785 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14786 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14787 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14788 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14790 value_free (wp
->val
);
14798 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14799 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14800 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14801 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14805 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14806 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14808 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14810 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14812 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14813 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14815 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14817 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14825 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14826 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14829 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14831 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14834 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14840 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14843 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14844 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14846 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14849 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14850 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14855 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14857 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14858 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14862 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14863 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14864 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14867 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14868 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14869 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14870 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14871 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14872 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14874 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14875 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14876 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14877 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14880 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14881 were inserted or not. */
14884 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14886 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14887 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14890 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14893 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14895 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14897 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14899 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14900 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14901 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14902 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14904 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14906 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14907 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14908 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14909 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14913 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14914 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14915 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14919 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14923 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14924 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14926 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14927 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14928 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14932 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14936 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14940 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14941 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14942 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14943 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14946 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14950 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14955 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14957 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14959 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14960 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14968 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14969 non-zero otherwise. */
14971 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14973 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14974 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14975 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14982 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14984 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14985 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14987 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14991 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14993 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14996 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14998 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15000 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15004 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15006 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15016 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15017 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15018 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15019 char *text
, char *word
)
15021 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15022 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15023 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15029 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15031 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15033 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15035 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15036 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15040 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15042 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15043 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15045 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15046 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15048 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15050 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15052 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15054 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15055 0 /* Ignore count */,
15056 pending_break_support
,
15060 0 /* internal */, 0);
15064 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15066 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15068 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15070 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15071 0 /* Ignore count */,
15072 pending_break_support
,
15073 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15076 0 /* internal */, 0);
15079 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15082 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15084 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15086 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15087 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15088 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15089 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15091 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15093 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15095 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15097 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15098 0 /* Ignore count */,
15099 pending_break_support
,
15103 0 /* internal */, 0);
15106 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15107 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15109 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15110 static int next_cmd
;
15113 read_uploaded_action (void)
15117 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15124 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15125 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15126 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15127 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15128 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15130 struct tracepoint
*
15131 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15133 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15134 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15136 if (utp
->at_string
)
15137 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15140 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15141 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15142 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15145 "source location, using raw address"),
15147 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15148 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15151 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15152 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15153 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15154 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15157 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15159 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15160 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15162 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15163 0 /* Ignore count */,
15164 pending_break_support
,
15165 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15167 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15169 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15172 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15173 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15174 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15178 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15181 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15184 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15185 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15186 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15188 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15190 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15195 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15197 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15199 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15200 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15201 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15202 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15205 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15206 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15207 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15212 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15216 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15221 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15223 if (num_printed
== 0)
15225 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15226 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15228 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15231 default_collect_info ();
15234 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15235 Not supported by all targets. */
15237 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15239 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15242 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15243 Not supported by all targets. */
15245 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15247 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15250 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15252 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15254 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15260 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15262 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15263 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15264 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15266 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15267 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15269 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15273 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15275 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15277 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15278 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15279 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15283 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15286 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15289 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15291 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15292 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15294 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15295 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15298 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15300 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15301 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15302 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15305 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15308 unsigned int count
;
15310 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15311 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15312 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15314 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15316 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15319 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15323 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15325 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15327 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15329 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15330 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15333 else if (*args
== '\0')
15335 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15337 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15341 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15343 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15344 while (!state
.finished
)
15346 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15348 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15353 struct tracepoint
*
15354 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15356 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15358 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15359 if (t
->number
== num
)
15360 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15365 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15366 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15369 struct tracepoint
*
15370 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15372 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15374 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15376 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15378 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15385 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15386 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15387 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15388 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15389 struct tracepoint
*
15390 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15391 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15394 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15396 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15400 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15401 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15403 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15406 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15408 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15411 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15415 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15416 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15419 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15420 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15424 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15425 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15427 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15430 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15435 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15437 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15446 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15447 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15448 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15452 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15453 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15455 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15458 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15459 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15460 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15462 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15463 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15465 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15468 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15469 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15472 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15473 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15478 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15480 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15482 /* We can stop searching. */
15489 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15493 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15494 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15495 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15497 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15498 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15499 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15501 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15502 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15506 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15507 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15510 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15511 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15514 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15516 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15517 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15520 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15523 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15528 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15532 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15533 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15535 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15537 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15540 throw_exception (ex
);
15542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15545 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15548 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15549 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15550 special, and not user visible. */
15551 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15553 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15556 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15562 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15565 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15567 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15570 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15573 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15575 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15578 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15581 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15583 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15586 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15588 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15589 all_tracepoints (void)
15591 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15592 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15594 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15596 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15603 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15604 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15605 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15607 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15608 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15609 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15610 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15611 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15612 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15613 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15614 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15615 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15616 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15617 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15619 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15620 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15622 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15623 conditions are different.\n\
15625 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15627 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15628 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15630 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15631 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15634 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15635 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15636 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15637 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15638 void *user_data_catch
,
15639 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15641 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15643 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15645 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15646 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15647 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15649 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15651 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15652 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15653 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15657 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15659 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15660 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15662 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15663 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15664 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15668 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15670 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15671 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15672 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15675 struct breakpoint
*
15676 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15683 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15690 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15691 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15694 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15696 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15697 non-inline function. */
15698 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15704 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15705 have been inlined. */
15708 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15709 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15711 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15712 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15716 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15719 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15721 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15722 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15731 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15733 static int initialized
= 0;
15735 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15741 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15742 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15743 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15744 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15746 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15747 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15748 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15749 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15750 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15751 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15752 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15755 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15758 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15759 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15760 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15761 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15763 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15764 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15765 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15766 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15767 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15768 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15770 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15771 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15772 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15774 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15775 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15776 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15777 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15778 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15779 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15780 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15782 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15783 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15785 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15786 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15787 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15788 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15790 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15791 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15793 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15795 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15796 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15797 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15799 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15800 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15801 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15803 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15804 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15805 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15806 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15807 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15808 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15809 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15812 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15814 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15815 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15816 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15817 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15818 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15819 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15820 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15821 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15822 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15823 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15824 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15826 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15827 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15828 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15829 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15830 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15831 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15832 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15833 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15834 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15835 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15836 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15839 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15840 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15841 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15842 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15843 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15844 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15845 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15846 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15847 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15848 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15850 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15851 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15852 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15853 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15854 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15856 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15857 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15859 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15860 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15861 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15863 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15864 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15865 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15867 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15868 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15869 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15870 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15871 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15872 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15874 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15875 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15878 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15879 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15880 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15881 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15882 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15883 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15885 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15886 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15887 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15888 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15889 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15890 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15891 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15892 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15893 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15894 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15895 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15897 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15898 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15899 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15900 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15901 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15902 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15903 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15904 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15905 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15906 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15907 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15909 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15910 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15911 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15912 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15913 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15914 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15915 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15916 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15917 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15918 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15919 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15920 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15922 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15923 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15924 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15925 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15926 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15927 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15928 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15931 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15933 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15936 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15938 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15940 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15942 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15943 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15944 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15946 breakpoint_objfile_key
15947 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15949 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15950 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15951 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15953 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15954 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15955 before a breakpoint is set. */
15956 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15958 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15960 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15961 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15962 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15964 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15966 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15967 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15968 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15969 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15970 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15971 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15972 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15973 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15975 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15976 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15977 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15978 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15979 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15981 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15982 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15983 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15984 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15985 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15987 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15988 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15990 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15991 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15992 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15993 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15995 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15996 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15998 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15999 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16000 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16001 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16003 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16004 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16006 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16007 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16009 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16010 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16011 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16012 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16014 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16015 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16016 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16017 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16018 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16019 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16021 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16023 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16024 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16026 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16027 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16028 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16030 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16031 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16032 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16035 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16036 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16037 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16040 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16041 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16042 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16043 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16046 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16047 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16048 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16051 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16052 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16053 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16056 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16057 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16058 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16059 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16062 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16067 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16068 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16069 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16071 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16072 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16073 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16074 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16075 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16077 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16082 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16086 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16087 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16088 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16090 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16091 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16092 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16094 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16096 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16097 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16098 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16099 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16101 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16102 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16103 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16104 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16105 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16108 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16109 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16110 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16111 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16112 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16113 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16115 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16116 is executing in.\n\
16118 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16119 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16121 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16122 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16123 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16124 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16126 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16127 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16128 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16129 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16132 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16136 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16137 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16138 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16139 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16140 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16141 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16142 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16143 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16144 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16145 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16146 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16147 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16148 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16149 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16150 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16151 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16153 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16154 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16155 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16156 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16157 breakpoint set."));
16160 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16161 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16162 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16163 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16164 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16165 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16166 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16167 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16168 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16170 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16171 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16172 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16173 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16174 breakpoint set."));
16176 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16179 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16180 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16181 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16182 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16183 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16184 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16185 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16186 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16187 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16189 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16190 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16191 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16192 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16193 breakpoint set."));
16195 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16196 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16197 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16198 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16199 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16200 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16201 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16202 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16203 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16204 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16205 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16206 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16207 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16209 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16210 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16211 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16212 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16214 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16216 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16217 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16218 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16219 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16221 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16222 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16223 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16224 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16226 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16227 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16228 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16229 catch_catch_command
,
16233 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16234 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16235 catch_throw_command
,
16239 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16240 catch_fork_command_1
,
16242 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16243 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16244 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16245 catch_fork_command_1
,
16247 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16248 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16249 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16250 catch_exec_command_1
,
16254 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16255 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16256 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16257 catch_load_command_1
,
16261 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16262 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16263 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16264 catch_unload_command_1
,
16268 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16269 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16270 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16271 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16272 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16273 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16274 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16275 catch_syscall_completer
,
16279 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16280 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16281 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16282 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16283 an expression changes.\n\
16284 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16285 the memory to which it refers."));
16286 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16288 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16289 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16290 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16291 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16292 an expression is read.\n\
16293 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16294 the memory to which it refers."));
16295 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16297 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16298 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16299 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16300 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16301 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16302 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16303 the memory to which it refers."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16306 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16307 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16309 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16310 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16311 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16312 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16313 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16314 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16315 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16316 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16317 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16321 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16323 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16325 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16327 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16328 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16330 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16331 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16332 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16334 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16335 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16336 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16337 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16339 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16340 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16342 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16343 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16344 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16346 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16347 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16349 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16350 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16351 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16352 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16353 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16354 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16355 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16356 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16357 the selected stack frame.\n\
16358 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16359 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16360 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16361 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16363 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16365 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16366 conditions are different.\n\
16368 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16369 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16372 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16373 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16375 last tracepoint set."));
16377 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16379 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16380 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16382 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16384 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16386 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16387 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16389 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16391 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16393 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16394 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16395 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16396 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16398 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16400 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16401 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16402 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16403 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16404 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16406 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16407 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16408 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16409 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16411 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16412 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16413 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16414 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16415 session to restore them."),
16417 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16419 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16420 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16421 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16423 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16425 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16426 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16428 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16429 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16430 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16431 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16432 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16433 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16434 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16435 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16436 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16437 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16438 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16439 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16441 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16442 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16443 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16444 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16445 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16446 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16447 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16448 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16450 show_pending_break_support
,
16451 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16452 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16454 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16456 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16457 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16458 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16459 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16460 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16461 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16462 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16464 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16465 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16466 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16468 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16469 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16470 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16471 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16472 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16473 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16474 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16475 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16476 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16477 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16478 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16479 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16481 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16482 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16483 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16485 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16486 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16487 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16488 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16489 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16490 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16491 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16492 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16493 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16494 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16495 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16496 be set to \"gdb\""),
16497 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16498 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16499 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16500 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16502 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16503 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16504 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16505 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16506 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16507 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16508 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16509 or the start of the range\n\
16510 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16511 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16512 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16514 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16515 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16516 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16518 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16519 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16520 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16521 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16522 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16523 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16525 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16528 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16529 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16530 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16531 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16532 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16533 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16534 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16535 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16536 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16537 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16538 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16540 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16541 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16542 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16543 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16544 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16545 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16546 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16548 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16549 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16550 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16551 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16552 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16553 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16554 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16556 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16557 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16558 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16559 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16560 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16561 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16564 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16566 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16567 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16568 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16570 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16572 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);